1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
64 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 /* readline include files */
67 #include "readline/readline.h"
68 #include "readline/history.h"
70 /* readline defines this. */
73 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
75 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
76 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
77 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
79 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
81 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
83 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
93 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
95 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
97 static void clear_command (char *, int);
99 static void catch_command (char *, int);
101 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*, int);
103 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
105 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
107 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
109 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
110 struct symtab_and_line
,
113 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
115 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
119 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
121 struct obj_section
*, int);
123 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
125 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
128 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
129 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
131 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
133 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
135 static int breakpoint_1 (int, int, int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
137 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
139 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
141 static void commands_command (char *, int);
143 static void condition_command (char *, int);
145 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
154 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
155 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
157 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
159 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
161 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
163 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
165 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
167 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
169 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
171 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
173 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
175 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
177 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
179 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
181 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
183 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
184 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
186 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
190 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
192 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
195 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
196 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
197 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
199 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
201 static void update_global_location_list (int);
203 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
205 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
207 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
209 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
211 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
213 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
215 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
219 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
221 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
223 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
224 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
225 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
226 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
228 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
229 breakpoints share a single command list. */
230 struct counted_command_line
232 /* The reference count. */
235 /* The command list. */
236 struct command_line
*commands
;
239 struct command_line
*
240 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
242 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
245 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
246 current breakpoint. */
248 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
251 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
253 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
254 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
256 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
258 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
261 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
262 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
263 if such is available. */
264 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
267 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
268 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
271 fprintf_filtered (file
,
272 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
273 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
277 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
278 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
279 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
280 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
281 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
283 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
284 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
287 fprintf_filtered (file
,
288 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
289 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
293 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
294 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
295 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
296 use hardware breakpoints. */
297 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
299 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
300 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
303 fprintf_filtered (file
,
304 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
308 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
309 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
310 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
311 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
312 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
314 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
315 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
316 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
317 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
318 always_inserted_auto
,
323 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
325 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
326 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
328 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
329 fprintf_filtered (file
,
330 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
331 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
333 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
335 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
340 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
342 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
343 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
346 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
348 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
349 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
351 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
352 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
354 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
355 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
357 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
359 current breakpoint. */
361 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
363 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
364 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
365 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
368 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
369 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
370 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
372 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
373 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
374 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
377 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
379 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
380 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
381 if (is_tracepoint (B))
383 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
385 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
387 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
389 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
391 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
393 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
395 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
396 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
397 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
398 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
399 an address you need to read. */
401 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
403 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
404 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
405 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
406 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
407 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
409 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
411 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
412 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
414 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
416 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
418 static int breakpoint_count
;
420 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
421 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
422 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
423 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
424 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
426 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
428 static int tracepoint_count
;
430 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
431 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
432 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
434 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
436 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
438 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
441 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
444 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
446 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
447 breakpoint_count
= num
;
448 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
451 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
452 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
453 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
455 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
459 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
461 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
464 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
468 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
470 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
473 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
476 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
478 struct breakpoint
*b
;
484 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
485 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
487 static struct counted_command_line
*
488 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
490 struct counted_command_line
*result
491 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
494 result
->commands
= commands
;
498 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
501 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
507 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
508 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
509 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
512 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
516 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
518 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
525 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
528 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
530 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
533 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
536 static struct cleanup
*
537 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
539 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
542 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
543 for "break" command with no arg.
544 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
545 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
547 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
549 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
550 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
551 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
552 int default_breakpoint_line
;
553 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
556 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the
557 breakpoint. Advance *PP after the string and any trailing
560 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the
561 name of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't
562 work well for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
564 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
566 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
567 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
570 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
572 int retval
= 0; /* default */
576 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
577 return breakpoint_count
;
580 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
581 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
586 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
588 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
589 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
590 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
591 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
595 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must "
596 "have integer value.\n"));
604 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
607 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
609 /* Skip non-numeric token. */
610 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
612 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
618 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
620 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
621 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
632 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
634 get_number (char **pp
)
636 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
639 /* Parse a number or a range.
640 A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
641 A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
642 will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
645 While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
646 At each call it will return the next value in the range.
648 At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
649 be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
650 Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
651 is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
652 pointer PP past <number2>. */
655 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
657 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
658 static char *end_ptr
;
659 static int in_range
= 0;
663 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
664 or to the first number of a range. */
665 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
670 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
671 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
672 and also remember the end of the final token. */
676 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
677 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
678 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
679 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
681 error (_("inverted range"));
683 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
685 /* Degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
686 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
695 error (_("negative value"));
698 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
699 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
700 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
701 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
704 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
706 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
714 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
715 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
718 get_breakpoint (int num
)
720 struct breakpoint
*b
;
723 if (b
->number
== num
)
732 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
735 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
737 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
742 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
743 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
750 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
756 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
757 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
758 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
759 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
761 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
763 innermost_block
= NULL
;
765 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
767 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
768 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
772 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
776 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
778 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
782 breakpoints_changed ();
783 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
786 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
789 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
791 struct breakpoint
*b
;
796 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
799 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
801 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
804 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
806 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
810 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
813 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
814 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
815 Throw if any such commands is found. */
818 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
820 struct command_line
*c
;
822 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
826 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
827 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
828 "only be used for tracepoints"));
830 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
831 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
833 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
834 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
836 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
837 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
839 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
840 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
844 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
847 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
849 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
850 || b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
851 || b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
854 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
855 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
859 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
860 struct command_line
*commands
)
862 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
864 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
865 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
866 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
867 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
868 struct command_line
*c
;
869 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
870 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
872 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
874 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
875 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
876 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
877 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
878 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
879 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
882 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
883 "can be used only once"));
890 struct command_line
*c2
;
892 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
893 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
894 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
896 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
897 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
903 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
907 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
908 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
911 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
913 struct breakpoint
*b
;
914 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
915 struct bp_location
*loc
;
918 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
920 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
921 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
922 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
928 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
929 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
932 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
933 struct command_line
*commands
)
935 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
937 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
938 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
939 breakpoints_changed ();
940 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
943 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
944 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
948 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
950 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
953 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
954 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
957 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
958 breakpoint work for any thread. */
961 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
963 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
966 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
967 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
970 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
971 breakpoint work for any task. */
974 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
976 int old_task
= b
->task
;
979 if (old_task
!= task
)
980 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
984 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
986 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
988 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
991 /* A structure used to pass information through
992 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
996 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
999 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1002 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1003 already-parsed command. */
1004 struct command_line
*control
;
1006 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1008 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1011 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1012 commands_command. */
1015 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1017 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1019 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1021 struct command_line
*l
;
1023 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1024 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1027 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1030 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1031 "%s, one per line."),
1034 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1036 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1039 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1042 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1045 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1048 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1050 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1052 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1053 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1054 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1055 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1056 breakpoints_changed ();
1057 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
1062 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1063 struct command_line
*control
)
1065 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1066 struct commands_info info
;
1068 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1069 info
.control
= control
;
1071 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1072 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1073 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1075 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1077 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1078 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1080 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1081 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1084 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1085 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1086 numbers will fail in this case. */
1091 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1093 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1096 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1100 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1102 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1103 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1105 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1109 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1111 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1114 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1115 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1117 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1118 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1119 enum command_control_type
1120 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1122 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1123 return simple_control
;
1126 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1129 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1131 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1135 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1136 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1141 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1142 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1144 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1145 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1146 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1147 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1148 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1149 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1150 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1151 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1153 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1156 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1158 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1160 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1162 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1163 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1164 report higher one. */
1167 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1168 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1170 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1172 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1173 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1175 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1176 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1177 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1178 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1180 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1181 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1182 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1184 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1186 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1193 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1194 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1195 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1196 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1197 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1200 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1202 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1203 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1204 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1207 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1210 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1212 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1214 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1215 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1219 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1220 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1221 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1224 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1227 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1228 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1229 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1232 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1234 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1235 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1238 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1240 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1241 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1243 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1244 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1248 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1249 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1253 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1254 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1256 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1257 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1258 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1262 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1264 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1265 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1268 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1269 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1274 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1277 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1279 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1280 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1281 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1284 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1288 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1290 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1291 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1294 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1295 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1296 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1297 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1298 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1299 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1300 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1301 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1305 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1307 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1308 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1309 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1312 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1313 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1314 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1315 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1317 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1319 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1320 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1323 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1324 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1325 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1326 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1327 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1328 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1329 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1330 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1332 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1333 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1334 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1335 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1336 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1337 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1338 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1339 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1342 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1343 hardware watchpoints:
1345 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1346 called several times when GDB stops.
1349 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1350 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1351 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1352 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1353 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1354 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1355 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1356 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1357 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1358 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1359 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1361 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1362 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1365 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1367 int within_current_scope
;
1368 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1371 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1372 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1373 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1374 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1377 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1378 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1379 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1382 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1387 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1388 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1389 within_current_scope
= 1;
1392 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1394 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1395 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1396 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1397 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1400 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1402 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1403 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1404 if (within_current_scope
)
1408 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1417 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1418 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1419 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1420 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1421 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1422 be completely different objects. */
1423 value_free (b
->val
);
1427 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1428 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1429 locations (re)created below. */
1430 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1432 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1434 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1439 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1443 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1444 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1445 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1446 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1447 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1448 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1450 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1451 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1452 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1454 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1457 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1458 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1460 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1462 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1463 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1464 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1465 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1472 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1474 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1475 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1477 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1478 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1479 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1480 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1481 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1482 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1483 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1485 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1487 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1488 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1489 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1491 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1492 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1496 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1498 addr
= value_address (v
);
1499 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1501 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1503 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1506 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1507 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1510 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1512 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1513 loc
->address
= addr
;
1515 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1520 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1521 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1522 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1524 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1528 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1529 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1531 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
, b
->exact
);
1535 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1536 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
;
1538 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1539 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1540 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1541 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1542 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1543 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1545 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1547 /* hw_watchpoint_used_count ignores disabled watchpoints,
1548 and b might be disabled if we're being called from
1549 do_enable_breakpoint. */
1550 orig_enable_state
= b
->enable_state
;
1551 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1553 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1556 b
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
1558 target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1559 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
, other_type_used
);
1560 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1561 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1564 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1566 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1567 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1568 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1569 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1572 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1574 next
= value_next (v
);
1579 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1580 above left it without any location set up. But,
1581 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1582 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1583 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1585 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1586 b
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1587 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1588 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1589 b
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1592 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1594 printf_filtered (_("\
1595 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1596 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1598 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1600 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1601 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
1602 b
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
1604 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1607 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1609 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1613 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1614 inserted in the inferior. */
1616 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1618 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1621 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1624 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1627 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1628 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1629 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1630 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1631 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1632 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1633 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1634 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1635 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1638 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1640 if (is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
1646 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1647 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1648 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1650 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1651 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1653 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
1654 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1655 int *disabled_breaks
,
1656 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1660 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1663 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1664 memset (&bl
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bl
->target_info
));
1665 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
1666 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
1668 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1669 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1671 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1673 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1674 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1675 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1677 Two important cases are:
1678 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1679 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1680 hardware breakpoint.
1681 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1682 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1683 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1686 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1687 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1688 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1689 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1691 struct mem_region
*mr
1692 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1696 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1698 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1700 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1701 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1703 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1705 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
1707 static int said
= 0;
1709 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1712 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
1713 _("Note: automatically using "
1714 "hardware breakpoints for "
1715 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1720 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1721 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1722 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1723 "at readonly address %s"),
1724 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
1728 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1729 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1730 || bl
->section
== NULL
1731 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
1733 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1735 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1736 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1739 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1744 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1745 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1746 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1748 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1749 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1750 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1751 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1752 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1756 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
1758 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1759 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
1760 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1761 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1762 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
1764 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1765 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1766 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1770 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1771 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
1773 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1774 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1775 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1778 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1783 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1784 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1791 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1792 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
1794 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1796 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1797 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1799 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1800 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1802 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1803 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1804 "library breakpoints:\n");
1806 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1807 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1808 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
1812 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1814 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1815 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1816 "Cannot insert hardware "
1822 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1823 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1825 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1826 "Error accessing memory address ");
1827 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
1829 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1830 safe_strerror (val
));
1841 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1842 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1843 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1844 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1846 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1847 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1849 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1851 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1852 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1853 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1855 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1857 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1858 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1860 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1862 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1863 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
1867 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1868 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1875 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1876 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1879 /* Back to the original value. */
1880 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
1884 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1887 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1889 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1890 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1892 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1895 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1899 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1900 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1902 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1905 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1907 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1908 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1909 so just return success. */
1916 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1917 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1921 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1923 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1924 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1926 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1927 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1929 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1930 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1933 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1934 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1937 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1939 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1941 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1942 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1943 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1945 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1946 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1948 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1954 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1955 removed locations above. */
1956 update_global_location_list (0);
1959 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1960 Throws exception on any error.
1961 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1962 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1964 insert_breakpoints (void)
1966 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1969 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1970 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1972 update_global_location_list (1);
1974 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1975 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1977 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1978 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1981 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1982 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1983 Both return zero if successful,
1984 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1987 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1989 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1990 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1993 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1994 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1996 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1997 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1999 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2000 there was an error. */
2001 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2003 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2005 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2007 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
2010 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2011 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2012 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2013 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2014 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2017 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2019 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2020 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2021 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2022 insert breakpoints. */
2023 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2024 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2027 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2028 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
2033 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2034 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2037 int some_failed
= 0;
2038 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2040 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2043 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2046 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2049 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2050 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2057 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2059 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2061 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2062 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2063 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2071 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2072 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2073 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
2075 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2076 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2077 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2079 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2080 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2083 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2087 remove_breakpoints (void)
2089 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2092 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2095 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2100 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2103 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2105 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2107 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2111 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2116 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2125 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
2127 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2130 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2132 if (bl
->inserted
&& bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2133 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2139 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2141 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2142 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2144 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2145 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2146 struct inferior
*inf
;
2147 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2149 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2153 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2154 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2156 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2158 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2160 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2162 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2168 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2171 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2176 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2180 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2182 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2183 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2184 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2185 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2186 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2187 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2189 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2192 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2195 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2196 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
2200 static struct breakpoint
*
2201 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2202 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
2204 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2205 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2207 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2210 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2211 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2213 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
2214 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2215 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2221 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
2223 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2225 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2227 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2228 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2230 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2234 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
2235 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
2237 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2239 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2241 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2242 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2246 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2247 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2250 update_global_location_list (1);
2254 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
2256 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2257 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2258 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2260 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2262 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2263 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2265 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2266 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2268 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
2271 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2273 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2277 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
2278 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
2280 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2281 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2283 update_global_location_list (1);
2285 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2288 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. The actual function
2289 looked for is named FUNC_NAME. */
2291 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (const char *func_name
)
2293 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2294 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2295 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2297 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2299 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2300 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2302 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2303 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2305 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2307 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2308 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2309 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2312 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
2313 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
2314 bp_std_terminate_master
);
2315 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2316 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2318 update_global_location_list (1);
2320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2323 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2326 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2328 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2330 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2332 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
2334 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol ("_Unwind_DebugHook", NULL
, objfile
);
2335 if (debug_hook
!= NULL
)
2337 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2338 CORE_ADDR addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (debug_hook
);
2339 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2341 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
2343 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
);
2344 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("_Unwind_DebugHook");
2345 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2349 update_global_location_list (1);
2353 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2355 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2356 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2358 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2359 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2360 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2361 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2362 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2363 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2364 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2365 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2367 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2368 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2370 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2372 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2375 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2376 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2378 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2382 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2383 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
2385 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2389 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2390 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2391 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
2392 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
2393 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
2395 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2399 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2400 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2402 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2406 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2408 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
2409 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
2411 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2415 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2417 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2418 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2419 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2420 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2424 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2425 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2426 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2427 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2428 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2429 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2431 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2432 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2433 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2434 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2435 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2436 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2437 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2439 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2440 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2441 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2442 let finish_command delete it.
2444 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2445 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2446 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2447 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2448 solib breakpoints.) */
2450 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2455 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2456 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2458 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2460 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2464 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2465 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
2466 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
2467 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
2468 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
2469 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
2470 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()");
2471 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2475 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2477 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2479 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2480 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2482 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2483 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2485 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2486 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2487 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2489 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2493 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
2496 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2497 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2499 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2503 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2504 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2505 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2506 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2507 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2510 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2514 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2515 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2517 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2518 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2521 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2522 This should not ever happen. */
2523 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2525 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2526 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2528 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2529 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2530 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2532 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2533 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2534 || bl
->section
== NULL
2535 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2537 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2539 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2540 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2542 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2546 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2547 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2548 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2550 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2551 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2553 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2554 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2555 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2556 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2557 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2559 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2560 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2562 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2563 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2566 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2567 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2568 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2569 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2570 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2571 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2574 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2575 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2576 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2577 else if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2578 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2585 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2590 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2591 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2592 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2593 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2598 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2600 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2602 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2603 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2605 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2606 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2608 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2609 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
2610 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2613 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2614 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2617 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2618 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2620 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2624 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2631 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2634 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2636 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2637 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2639 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2640 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2643 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2644 This should not ever happen. */
2645 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2647 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2649 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2651 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
2653 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2657 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2660 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2662 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2664 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2665 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2669 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2670 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2672 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2675 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2676 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2677 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2682 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2684 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2685 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2687 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2689 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2691 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2694 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2696 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2697 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
2698 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2702 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2704 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2711 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2712 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2715 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2717 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2719 case bp_shlib_event
:
2721 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2722 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2723 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2724 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2725 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2727 (gdb) file prog-linux
2728 (gdb) run # native linux target
2731 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2732 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2735 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2739 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2740 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2741 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2743 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2744 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2745 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2746 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2748 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2749 insert_breakpoints. */
2751 value_free (b
->val
);
2761 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2762 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
2763 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
2764 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2767 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2768 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2769 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2770 match, not program space. */
2772 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2773 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2774 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2775 permanent breakpoint.
2776 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2777 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2778 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2779 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2780 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2782 enum breakpoint_here
2783 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2785 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2786 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2788 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2790 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2791 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2794 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2795 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2796 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2797 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
2800 if (overlay_debugging
2801 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2802 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2803 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2804 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2805 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2807 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2811 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2814 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2817 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2819 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2822 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2823 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2830 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2831 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2832 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2833 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2836 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2839 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2841 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2843 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2844 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2848 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
2851 if (overlay_debugging
2852 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2853 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2854 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2862 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2863 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2866 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2868 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2871 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2877 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2881 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2884 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2886 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2888 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2892 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
2895 if (overlay_debugging
2896 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2897 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2898 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2904 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2905 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2912 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2913 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2915 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2917 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2919 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2921 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2922 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2925 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2928 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2929 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2933 /* Check for intersection. */
2934 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2935 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2943 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2944 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2947 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2950 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2951 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2955 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2957 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2958 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2961 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2962 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2963 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2966 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
2970 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2972 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2973 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2974 it is now time to do so. */
2976 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2977 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2981 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2983 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2984 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2985 it is now time to do so. */
2987 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2988 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2992 if (overlay_debugging
2993 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2994 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2995 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3004 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3008 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
3010 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
3013 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3017 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
3019 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3020 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3021 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3022 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
3026 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3027 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3030 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
3047 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3048 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3051 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
3055 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
3060 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3062 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
3063 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
3064 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
3065 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
3066 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3068 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
3069 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
3073 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3083 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3086 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
3091 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
3093 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
3099 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3100 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3101 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3102 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3104 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3105 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3107 Return 1 otherwise. */
3110 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3112 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3115 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3117 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3118 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3119 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3120 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
3121 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3123 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3125 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3129 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3132 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
3134 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3136 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3137 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3138 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3140 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3146 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3149 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3151 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3153 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3155 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3156 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3157 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3158 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3159 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
3163 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3166 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3169 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3171 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3174 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3175 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3176 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3177 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3179 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3180 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3181 bpstat of the current thread. */
3184 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3187 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3190 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3192 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3195 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3196 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3198 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3201 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3202 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3204 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3205 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3206 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3208 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3210 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3211 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3212 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3213 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3214 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3215 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3216 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3217 the tree when we're done. */
3218 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3219 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3221 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3222 cmd
= bs
->commands_left
;
3223 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3227 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3229 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3235 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3236 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3238 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3240 if (target_can_async_p ())
3241 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3242 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3243 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3246 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3247 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3248 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3249 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3250 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3251 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3252 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3253 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3254 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3255 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3256 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3257 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3258 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3263 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3268 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3270 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3271 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3272 && target_has_execution
3273 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3274 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3275 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3276 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3277 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3278 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3279 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
3283 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3286 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3289 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3292 struct value_print_options opts
;
3293 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3294 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3298 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3299 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3300 by having it set different print_it values.
3302 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3303 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3304 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3305 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3306 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3308 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3309 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3310 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3311 don't print anything else.
3312 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3313 that something to be followed by a location.
3314 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3315 that something to be followed by a location.
3316 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3319 static enum print_stop_action
3320 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
3322 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3323 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3324 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3325 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
3327 enum print_stop_action result
;
3329 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3330 which has since been deleted. */
3331 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3332 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3334 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
3336 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3337 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3339 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3340 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3345 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3346 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
3347 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
3348 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
3351 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
3353 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3355 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
3356 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3358 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
3359 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
3360 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
3362 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
3363 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
3364 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3367 case bp_shlib_event
:
3368 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3369 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3370 to shlib event" message.) */
3371 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3372 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3375 case bp_thread_event
:
3376 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3377 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3378 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3379 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3382 case bp_overlay_event
:
3383 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3384 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3385 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3388 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3389 /* These should never be enabled. */
3390 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3391 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3394 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
3395 /* These should never be enabled. */
3396 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3397 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3398 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3401 case bp_exception_master
:
3402 /* These should never be enabled. */
3403 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3404 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3405 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3409 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3410 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3411 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3414 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3416 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3417 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3418 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3419 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3420 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3421 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3422 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3423 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3424 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3425 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3428 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3429 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3432 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3434 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3435 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3436 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3437 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
3438 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3439 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3442 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3443 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3445 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3446 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3449 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3451 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3452 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3453 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3454 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3455 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3460 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3463 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3464 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3465 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3467 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3468 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3469 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3470 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3473 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3477 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3480 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
3481 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3485 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3488 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
3489 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3494 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3496 case bp_exception_resume
:
3497 case bp_step_resume
:
3498 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3500 case bp_std_terminate
:
3502 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3505 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3509 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3513 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3514 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3515 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3516 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3519 static enum print_stop_action
3520 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3522 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3525 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3526 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3530 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3531 relevant messages. */
3532 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3535 case print_it_normal
:
3537 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3539 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3540 print_it_typical. */
3541 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3542 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3543 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3545 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3550 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3551 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3556 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3557 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3558 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3559 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3560 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3561 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3564 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3565 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3566 code to print the location. An example is
3567 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3569 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3570 to also print the location part of the message.
3571 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3572 don't require a location appended to the end.
3573 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3574 further info to be printed. */
3576 enum print_stop_action
3577 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3581 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3582 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3583 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3584 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3585 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3587 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3588 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3589 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3590 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3594 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3595 with and nothing was printed. */
3596 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3599 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3600 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3601 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3602 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3605 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3607 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3608 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3610 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3614 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3617 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
3621 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3623 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
3624 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
3625 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
3626 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
3627 incref_bp_location (bl
);
3628 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3629 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3630 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3632 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3636 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3637 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3640 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3642 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3644 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3646 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3648 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3649 as not triggered. */
3651 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3652 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3657 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3659 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3660 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3662 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3663 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3665 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3668 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3669 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3673 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3675 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3677 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3678 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3679 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3681 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3685 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3693 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3694 because of check_errors). */
3695 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3696 #define WP_DELETED 1
3697 /* The value has changed. */
3698 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3699 /* The value has not changed. */
3700 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3701 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3704 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3705 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3707 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3710 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3711 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3714 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3716 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3717 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3718 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3719 int within_current_scope
;
3721 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3722 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
3723 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3725 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3726 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3727 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3728 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3731 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3732 within_current_scope
= 1;
3735 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3736 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3737 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3739 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3740 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3741 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3742 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3743 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3744 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3745 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3746 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3747 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3748 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3751 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3752 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3754 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3755 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3756 if (within_current_scope
)
3758 struct symbol
*function
;
3760 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3761 if (function
== NULL
3762 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3763 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3764 within_current_scope
= 0;
3767 if (within_current_scope
)
3768 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3769 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3774 if (within_current_scope
)
3776 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3777 time before we return to the command level and call
3778 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3779 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3782 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3783 struct value
*new_val
;
3785 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3787 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3788 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3789 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3790 not what we want. */
3791 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3792 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3794 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3796 release_value (new_val
);
3797 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3799 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3802 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3806 /* Nothing changed. */
3807 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3808 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3813 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3814 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3815 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3816 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3817 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3818 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3819 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3820 the first value assigned). */
3821 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3822 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3823 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3824 information here. */
3825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3827 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3828 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3829 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3831 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3832 which its expression is valid.\n");
3834 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3836 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3837 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
3838 b
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
3840 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3846 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3847 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3848 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3850 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3851 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3853 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3855 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3856 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3858 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3860 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
3863 if (!is_watchpoint (b
)
3864 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3865 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3867 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3870 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3871 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3872 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3876 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3877 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3878 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3879 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3880 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3881 (did not match the data address). */
3883 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
3884 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3887 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3889 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3891 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3892 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3893 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3897 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3899 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3900 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3907 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3908 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3911 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3913 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3914 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3916 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3917 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3918 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
3919 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3920 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3922 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
3924 int must_check_value
= 0;
3926 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3927 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3929 must_check_value
= 1;
3930 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3931 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3932 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3934 must_check_value
= 1;
3935 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3936 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3937 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3938 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3939 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3940 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3941 must_check_value
= 1;
3943 if (must_check_value
)
3946 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3948 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3949 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3951 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3955 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3956 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3960 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3963 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3964 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3966 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3968 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3969 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3970 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3971 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3972 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3973 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3974 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3977 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3978 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3981 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3982 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3983 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3984 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3986 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3987 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3988 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3991 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3992 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3993 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3994 changes. This still gives false positives when
3995 the program writes the same value to memory as
3996 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3997 it for a read), but it's much better than
4000 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4002 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4004 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4006 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4007 if ((other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4008 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4009 && (other_b
->watchpoint_triggered
4010 == watch_triggered_yes
))
4012 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4017 if (other_write_watchpoint
4018 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4020 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4021 and the value changed since the last time we
4022 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4024 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4029 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4030 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4031 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4033 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4034 the value hasn't changed. */
4035 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4043 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4044 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
4045 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
4046 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
4047 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
4048 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4049 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4053 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4055 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4056 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4057 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4058 anything for this watchpoint. */
4059 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4066 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4067 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4068 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4071 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
4073 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4074 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4075 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4077 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4078 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4079 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4080 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4081 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4083 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
4084 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4088 int value_is_zero
= 0;
4089 struct expression
*cond
;
4091 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4096 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
4098 int within_current_scope
= 1;
4100 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4101 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4102 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4103 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4105 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4107 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4108 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4109 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4110 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4111 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4113 if (!is_watchpoint (b
) || b
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4114 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4117 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4119 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4120 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4121 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4122 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4123 really matter which instantiation of the function
4124 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4125 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4126 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4127 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4128 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4129 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4130 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4131 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4133 frame
= block_innermost_frame (b
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4135 select_frame (frame
);
4137 within_current_scope
= 0;
4139 if (within_current_scope
)
4141 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4142 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4146 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4147 "in the current scope"));
4148 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4149 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4152 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4153 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4156 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4160 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4164 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4167 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4169 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4176 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4177 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4179 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4180 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4183 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4185 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4187 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4188 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4189 several reasons concurrently.)
4191 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4192 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4195 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4196 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
4198 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4199 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4200 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4201 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4202 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
4203 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4206 int need_remove_insert
;
4209 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4210 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4211 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4212 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4213 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4214 inferior function calls. */
4218 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4221 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4223 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4224 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4225 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4226 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4227 checked all locations already. */
4228 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4231 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4234 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4237 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4240 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4243 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4244 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4245 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4249 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4250 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4251 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4253 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
4254 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4258 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4260 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
4263 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
4264 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4267 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4271 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4272 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4273 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4277 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4282 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
4286 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4288 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
4289 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
4290 || b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
4291 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
4292 /* We do not stop for these. */
4295 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4301 /* We will stop here. */
4302 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4304 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4305 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4310 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4311 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4312 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands
? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4313 if (bs
->commands_left
4314 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0
4317 bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0)))
4319 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands_left
->next
;
4324 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4325 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
4326 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4329 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4330 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4331 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4333 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4334 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
4335 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4337 && bs
->breakpoint_at
4338 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
4340 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4341 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4344 if (need_remove_insert
)
4345 update_global_location_list (1);
4346 else if (removed_any
)
4347 update_global_location_list (0);
4353 handle_jit_event (void)
4355 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4356 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
4358 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4359 breakpoint_re_set. */
4360 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4362 frame
= get_current_frame ();
4363 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4365 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
4367 target_terminal_inferior ();
4370 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4372 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4375 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
4377 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4378 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4379 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4380 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4381 int shlib_event
= 0;
4384 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4385 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4386 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
4388 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4390 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4391 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4392 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4395 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4397 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4398 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4401 else if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4404 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
4411 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4417 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4419 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4422 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4425 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4426 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4427 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4431 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4433 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4437 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4438 This requires no further action. */
4443 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4444 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp
;
4446 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4447 case bp_exception_resume
:
4448 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4449 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
4451 case bp_step_resume
:
4453 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
4456 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4457 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4460 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4461 case bp_thread_event
:
4462 case bp_overlay_event
:
4463 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4464 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4465 case bp_exception_master
:
4466 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4472 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4474 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4478 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4479 This requires no further action. */
4482 case bp_shlib_event
:
4485 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4486 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4487 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4488 loaded objects (among other things). */
4489 if (stop_on_solib_events
)
4490 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4492 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4496 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4499 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4500 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4501 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
4502 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4504 case bp_std_terminate
:
4505 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4506 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4507 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
4508 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4511 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4512 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4513 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4514 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4516 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4517 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4519 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4520 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
4523 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
4529 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4531 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4532 to be adding them automatically. */
4534 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4535 breakpoint_re_set. */
4536 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4539 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4541 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4544 target_terminal_inferior ();
4550 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4552 handle_jit_event ();
4558 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4559 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4560 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4563 bpstat_should_step (void)
4565 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4568 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4574 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4576 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4585 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4587 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4588 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4590 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
4592 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4594 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4598 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4600 if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
4603 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4606 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4607 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4608 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4609 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
4610 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
4612 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
4613 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4615 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4617 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4618 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4621 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4624 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4628 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4630 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4633 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4635 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4639 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
4641 struct ep_type_description
4646 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4648 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4649 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4650 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4651 {bp_until
, "until"},
4652 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4653 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4654 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4655 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4656 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4657 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4658 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4659 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
4660 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
4661 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4662 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4663 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4664 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
4665 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4666 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4667 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4668 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4669 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
4670 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
4671 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4672 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4673 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4674 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
4675 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4678 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4679 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
4680 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4681 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4684 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
4687 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4690 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4691 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4693 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4694 int print_address_bits
,
4697 struct command_line
*l
;
4698 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4699 char wrap_indent
[80];
4700 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4701 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4702 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4704 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4705 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4706 struct value_print_options opts
;
4708 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4710 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4711 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4712 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4715 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4716 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4721 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4725 if (part_of_multiple
)
4728 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4729 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4734 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4739 if (part_of_multiple
)
4740 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4742 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
4746 if (part_of_multiple
)
4747 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4749 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4754 if (part_of_multiple
)
4755 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4757 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4758 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4759 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4763 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4764 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4766 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4767 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4769 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4772 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4774 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4775 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4776 make sure there's just one location. */
4777 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4778 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4784 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4785 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4789 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4790 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4791 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4792 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4793 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4794 is relatively readable). */
4795 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4796 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4798 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4802 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4806 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4808 case bp_exception_resume
:
4809 case bp_step_resume
:
4810 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4812 case bp_std_terminate
:
4813 case bp_shlib_event
:
4814 case bp_thread_event
:
4815 case bp_overlay_event
:
4816 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4817 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4818 case bp_exception_master
:
4820 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4821 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4823 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4826 if (header_of_multiple
)
4827 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4828 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4829 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4831 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4832 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4835 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4836 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4843 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4846 && !header_of_multiple
4848 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4849 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4850 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4851 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4852 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4853 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4855 struct inferior
*inf
;
4858 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4860 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4865 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4868 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4869 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4874 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4876 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4878 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4879 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4880 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4881 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4883 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4885 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4886 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4890 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4892 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->static_trace_marker_id
)
4894 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
4896 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
4897 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
4898 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
4899 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4902 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4905 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4906 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4908 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4909 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4910 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4913 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4915 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4916 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4917 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4919 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
4920 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4922 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4923 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4924 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4927 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4929 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4930 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4931 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4932 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4935 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4937 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4938 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4941 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4942 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4943 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4944 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4945 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4947 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4950 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4951 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4952 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4953 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4954 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4956 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4959 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4960 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4961 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4964 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4965 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4967 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4970 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4971 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4972 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4975 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4977 annotate_field (10);
4978 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4979 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4980 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4983 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4986 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4987 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4988 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4991 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4992 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4996 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4997 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4998 int print_address_bits
,
5001 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
5002 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
5004 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5005 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5006 locations, if any. */
5007 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
5009 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5010 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5011 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5014 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5015 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5017 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
5018 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
5019 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5021 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5023 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
5024 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
5025 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
5031 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5033 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5034 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5036 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5040 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5041 an address to print. */
5042 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
5045 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
5046 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5047 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5050 return print_address_bits
;
5053 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5059 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
5061 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
5062 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5063 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
5067 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
5069 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5071 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
5079 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
5080 char **error_message
)
5082 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
5085 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5087 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
5088 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
5094 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
5095 catchpoints, et.al.). */
5098 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
5100 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5101 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
5102 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5103 || is_tracepoint (b
)
5104 || is_watchpoint (b
));
5107 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5108 internal or momentary. */
5111 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5113 return user_settable_breakpoint (b
) && b
->number
> 0;
5116 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5117 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5118 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5119 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5120 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5121 breakpoints listed. */
5124 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
,
5125 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
5127 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5128 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
5129 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5130 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
5131 struct value_print_options opts
;
5132 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5133 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
5135 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5137 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5138 required for address fields. */
5139 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
5142 || bnum
== b
->number
)
5144 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5145 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5148 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5150 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
5152 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5153 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5154 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5156 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
5157 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
5158 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
5160 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5164 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5166 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
5167 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5171 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
5172 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5175 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5176 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5177 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5179 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5180 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5182 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
5183 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5184 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5186 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5187 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5189 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5190 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5192 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5194 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5195 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
5196 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5198 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
5199 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5201 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5203 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5204 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5205 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5206 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5212 || bnum
== b
->number
)
5214 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5215 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5218 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5220 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5221 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
5225 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5227 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5229 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5234 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5236 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
5237 "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
5243 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5244 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5247 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5248 there have been breakpoints? */
5249 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5251 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5254 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5255 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5258 default_collect_info (void)
5260 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5261 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5263 if (!*default_collect
)
5266 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5268 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
5269 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
5270 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5274 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
5279 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
5281 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0, NULL
);
5283 default_collect_info ();
5287 watchpoints_info (char *wpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
5289 int wpnum
= -1, num_printed
;
5292 wpnum
= parse_and_eval_long (wpnum_exp
);
5294 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (wpnum
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
5296 if (num_printed
== 0)
5299 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5301 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint number %d.\n", wpnum
);
5306 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
5311 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
5313 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1, NULL
);
5315 default_collect_info ();
5319 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5320 struct program_space
*pspace
,
5321 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
5323 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
5325 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5327 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
5328 && bl
->address
== pc
5329 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
5335 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5336 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5340 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5341 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5342 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
5345 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5348 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
5352 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5353 else /* if (others == ???) */
5354 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5356 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
5359 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
5360 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
5361 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5362 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5363 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
5364 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5365 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
5366 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
5367 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5369 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
5373 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
5375 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5376 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
5377 printf_filtered (".\n");
5381 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5382 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5385 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
5386 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
5389 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
5390 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
5391 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
5392 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
5393 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
5396 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5397 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5398 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5399 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5401 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5402 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5403 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5404 breakpoint at address zero:
5412 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5414 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
5416 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
5419 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5420 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5423 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5424 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5426 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5427 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5428 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5430 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5431 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5432 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5433 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5434 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5435 other watchpoint. */
5436 if ((loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
5437 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
5439 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
5440 loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
))
5441 || (loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
5442 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
5444 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
5445 loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
)))
5448 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5449 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5450 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5451 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5452 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5453 become hw_access locations later. */
5454 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
5455 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
5456 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
5457 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5460 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5461 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5462 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5463 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5466 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5467 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
5469 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5470 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5474 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5475 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5476 represent the same location. */
5479 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5480 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5482 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
5484 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5485 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5486 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5488 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
5489 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
5491 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
5494 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5496 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
5497 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
);
5501 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
5502 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
5507 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
5508 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
5510 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5511 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
5513 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
5516 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5517 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5518 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5519 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5522 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5523 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
5525 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
5527 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5530 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
5531 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5532 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
5533 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
5534 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
5536 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5537 have their addresses modified. */
5542 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
5544 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5545 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5546 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
5548 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5549 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5551 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
5552 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
5554 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
5558 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5560 static struct bp_location
*
5561 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5563 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5565 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
5566 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
5570 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
5579 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5581 case bp_exception_resume
:
5582 case bp_step_resume
:
5583 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5585 case bp_std_terminate
:
5586 case bp_shlib_event
:
5587 case bp_thread_event
:
5588 case bp_overlay_event
:
5590 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5591 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5592 case bp_exception_master
:
5593 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
5595 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5596 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
5598 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5599 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5600 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5601 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
5606 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5607 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5608 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
5611 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5619 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5624 if (loc
->function_name
)
5625 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
5630 /* Increment reference count. */
5633 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5638 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5639 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5642 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
5644 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
5646 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
5647 free_bp_location (*blp
);
5651 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint that has
5652 type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5653 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5656 static struct breakpoint
*
5657 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5660 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
5662 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
5663 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5666 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5667 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5668 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5670 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5673 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5675 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5676 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5677 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
5678 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
5680 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5681 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
5683 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5684 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5686 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5688 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5698 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
5700 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5702 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
5704 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5705 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5706 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
5708 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
5710 if (loc
->function_name
)
5711 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5715 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5716 static struct gdbarch
*
5717 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5720 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5722 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5727 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5728 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5729 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5730 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5731 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5732 is also returned as the value of this function.
5734 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5735 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5736 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5737 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5738 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5739 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5740 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5743 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5744 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5746 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
,
5748 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
5749 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
5751 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
5753 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5755 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5756 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5758 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5759 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5760 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5761 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5762 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5763 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5764 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
5767 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5768 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
5769 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
5770 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
5771 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5773 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5774 breakpoint resetting. */
5775 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5777 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
5778 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
5780 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
5781 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
5782 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
5784 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
5786 breakpoints_changed ();
5792 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5793 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5795 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5797 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5799 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5801 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5802 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5803 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5804 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5805 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
5806 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5810 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5811 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5812 initiated the operation. */
5815 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
5817 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5818 int thread
= tp
->num
;
5820 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5821 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5822 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5823 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5824 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5825 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5826 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
5827 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
5829 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5831 clone
->type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
5832 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5835 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
5838 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5840 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5842 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5844 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5845 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
5847 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5848 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5853 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5855 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5858 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5860 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5861 update_global_location_list (1);
5862 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5867 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5869 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5872 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5874 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5875 update_global_location_list (0);
5876 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5880 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5881 master breakpoint. */
5883 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5885 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5887 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5888 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5889 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
5891 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5892 clone
->type
= bp_std_terminate
;
5896 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
5898 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5900 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5902 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5903 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
5904 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5908 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5910 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5912 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
5914 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5915 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5917 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5919 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5925 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5927 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5930 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5931 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5932 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5935 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5938 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5939 char ***addr_string_p
;
5943 struct lang_and_radix
5949 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5952 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5954 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5956 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5957 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5961 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
5964 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
5966 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5969 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
5970 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5971 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5975 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5977 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5979 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5980 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5981 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5982 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5986 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5988 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5990 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5991 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5995 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5996 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5999 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6001 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6003 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6005 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6006 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6008 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6009 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6010 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6011 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6012 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6013 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
6014 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
6015 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6016 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
6017 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
6018 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6020 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
6022 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
6026 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6031 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library.
6032 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6036 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
6038 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6039 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
6041 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6042 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6043 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6044 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6045 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
6046 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
6049 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6051 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6052 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6054 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6055 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
6056 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
6057 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6058 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6059 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6060 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6061 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
6063 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6064 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6065 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6066 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6068 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
6070 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6071 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6072 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6075 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
6080 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6082 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6086 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6088 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6091 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6095 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6097 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6100 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6104 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6106 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6109 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6112 static enum print_stop_action
6113 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6115 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6116 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6117 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6118 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6121 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6125 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6127 struct value_print_options opts
;
6129 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6131 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6132 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6134 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6135 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6137 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
6138 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6140 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6141 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6142 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6143 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6147 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6151 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6153 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
6156 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6160 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6162 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
6165 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6167 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
6171 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
6172 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6173 print_it_catch_fork
,
6174 print_one_catch_fork
,
6175 print_mention_catch_fork
,
6176 print_recreate_catch_fork
6179 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6183 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6185 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6188 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6192 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6194 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6197 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6201 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6203 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6206 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6209 static enum print_stop_action
6210 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6212 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6213 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6214 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6215 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6218 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6222 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6224 struct value_print_options opts
;
6226 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6227 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6228 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6230 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6231 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6233 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
6234 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6236 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6237 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6238 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6239 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6243 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6247 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6249 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
6252 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6256 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6258 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
6261 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6263 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
6267 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
6268 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6269 print_it_catch_vfork
,
6270 print_one_catch_vfork
,
6271 print_mention_catch_vfork
,
6272 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6275 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6279 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6281 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6283 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6284 if (!bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6285 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6291 VEC_iterate (int, bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6296 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6298 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
6299 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6300 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6302 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
6303 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
6305 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
6306 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
6308 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6309 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
6313 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6314 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6315 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6316 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6317 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6320 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6324 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6326 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6328 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6329 if (!bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6330 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6336 VEC_iterate (int, bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6340 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6341 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6343 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6344 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
6348 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6349 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6350 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6351 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6353 inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6356 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6360 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6362 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6363 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6364 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6365 int syscall_number
= 0;
6367 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
6370 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6371 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6376 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6378 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
6388 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6391 static enum print_stop_action
6392 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6394 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6395 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6396 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6397 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6399 struct target_waitstatus last
;
6401 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6404 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
6406 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
6408 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6411 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
6413 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
6415 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
6417 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
6418 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6419 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6420 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
6421 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6422 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6424 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6426 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6429 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6433 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6434 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6436 struct value_print_options opts
;
6438 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6439 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6440 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6442 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6443 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6446 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
6447 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6448 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
6450 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
6452 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6455 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6458 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6463 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6466 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
6468 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
6470 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6471 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6475 /* Remove the last comma. */
6476 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
6477 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
6480 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
6481 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6484 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6488 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6490 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6494 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6495 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
6497 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
6500 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6504 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6507 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
6509 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
6511 printf_filtered (")");
6514 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6518 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6522 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6524 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
6526 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6531 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6536 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6538 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
6540 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
6545 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6547 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
6549 insert_catch_syscall
,
6550 remove_catch_syscall
,
6551 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
6552 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6553 print_it_catch_syscall
,
6554 print_one_catch_syscall
,
6555 print_mention_catch_syscall
,
6556 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6559 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6562 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6564 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
6567 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6568 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6569 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6570 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6572 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6573 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6574 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6575 to the catchpoint. */
6577 static struct breakpoint
*
6578 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6580 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6582 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6583 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6586 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
6588 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
6589 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6590 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6592 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
6594 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
6595 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6596 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6602 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6604 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6605 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6606 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6607 to the catchpoint. */
6609 static struct breakpoint
*
6610 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6611 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6613 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6614 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6617 update_global_location_list (1);
6623 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6624 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
6625 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6627 struct breakpoint
*b
6628 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6630 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6632 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
6635 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6638 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6640 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6644 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6646 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6650 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6652 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
6655 static enum print_stop_action
6656 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6658 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6659 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
6661 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6665 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6667 struct value_print_options opts
;
6669 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6671 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6672 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6673 is relatively readable). */
6674 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6675 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6677 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
6678 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
6680 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
6681 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
6682 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6687 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6689 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
6692 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6696 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6698 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
6701 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
6705 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
6706 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6707 print_it_catch_exec
,
6708 print_one_catch_exec
,
6709 print_mention_catch_exec
,
6710 print_recreate_catch_exec
6714 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
6715 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6717 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6718 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6719 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
6721 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
6723 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6726 update_global_location_list (1);
6730 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6732 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6737 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6745 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
6748 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6749 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6751 *other_type_used
= 0;
6754 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6757 if (b
->type
== type
)
6758 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6760 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6762 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
6763 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6767 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
6768 *other_type_used
= 1;
6775 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6777 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6781 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6783 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
6784 update_global_location_list (0);
6790 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6792 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6796 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6798 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6799 update_global_location_list (1);
6805 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6807 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6812 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
6815 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6816 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6817 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6819 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6825 update_global_location_list (0);
6827 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
6831 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
6833 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6836 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
6840 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
6843 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6844 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6845 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
6847 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6853 breakpoint_re_set ();
6857 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
6858 at address specified by SAL.
6859 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
6862 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
6863 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
6865 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6867 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
6869 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
6871 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6872 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6873 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
6874 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
6876 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
6877 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
6879 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
6880 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
6882 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6887 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
6891 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
6893 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
6895 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
6899 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
6900 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
6901 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
6903 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
6904 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
6905 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
6906 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
6907 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
6909 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
6910 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
6912 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
6914 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
6915 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
6916 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
6917 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
6919 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6920 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
6921 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
6923 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
6928 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6931 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6933 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
6935 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
6936 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6938 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
6942 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
6945 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6948 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
6949 struct value_print_options opts
;
6951 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6953 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6954 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6955 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6956 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6957 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
6959 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
6960 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
6965 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
6969 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
6970 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6971 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6972 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6973 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6974 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6976 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6977 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6978 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6979 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6980 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6981 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6982 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6984 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6985 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6986 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
6987 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6988 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6989 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6990 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6992 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6993 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6994 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
6995 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6996 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6997 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6998 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7001 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7006 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7007 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7009 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7010 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7013 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7014 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7019 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
7023 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7028 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7029 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7032 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7033 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7038 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7039 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7042 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7043 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7048 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7049 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7056 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7058 case bp_exception_resume
:
7059 case bp_step_resume
:
7061 case bp_std_terminate
:
7062 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7063 case bp_shlib_event
:
7064 case bp_thread_event
:
7065 case bp_overlay_event
:
7067 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7068 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7069 case bp_exception_master
:
7075 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7079 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
7083 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
7085 printf_filtered (" at ");
7086 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
7090 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7091 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
7095 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
7097 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7099 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
7104 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7106 printf_filtered ("\n");
7110 static struct bp_location
*
7111 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7112 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7114 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
7116 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
7117 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
7120 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7122 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
7123 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
7124 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7125 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
7126 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
7127 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
7128 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
7130 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
7135 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7136 return 0 otherwise. */
7139 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7143 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
7144 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
7145 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7148 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
7150 addr
= loc
->address
;
7151 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
7153 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7157 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
7159 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7160 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7161 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7162 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7164 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
7165 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7167 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
7168 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
7171 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
7178 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7179 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7180 as condition expression. */
7183 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7184 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7186 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7187 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7188 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7189 int enabled
, int internal
)
7191 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
7194 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7196 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7197 int target_resources_ok
=
7198 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
7200 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
7201 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7202 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
7203 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7206 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
7208 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7210 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
7211 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7215 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7217 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7219 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7220 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
7225 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7226 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7230 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7231 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7232 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7233 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
7234 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
7236 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
7238 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
7240 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string
))
7242 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7243 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7244 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
7249 while (*p
== ' ' || *p
== '\t')
7253 while (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7256 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7257 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
7259 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7261 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7263 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
7265 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
7266 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
7268 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7270 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7273 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7274 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7277 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7278 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7279 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7280 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7286 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7289 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
7290 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
7294 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
7295 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
7297 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
7302 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7304 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7307 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7311 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7312 notify observers. */
7313 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
7318 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7319 elements to fill the void space. */
7321 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
7323 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
7324 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
7326 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
7327 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
7332 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7333 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7334 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7335 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7336 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7337 single expanded sal, return the original.
7339 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7340 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7341 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7342 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7343 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7345 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7346 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7348 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
7349 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
7350 char *original_function
= NULL
;
7353 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7355 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7356 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7357 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
7360 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7361 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7367 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7369 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
7371 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
7373 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7374 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
7376 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
7378 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7379 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7380 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7382 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7383 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7384 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7385 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
7386 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7390 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
7392 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
7393 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7395 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
7396 char *this_function
;
7398 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7400 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
7402 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
7403 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
7406 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
7408 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
7415 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7416 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7417 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
7419 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7421 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
7423 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7424 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7427 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7429 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7430 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7431 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7438 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7439 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
7450 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7451 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7452 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7453 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7454 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7455 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7456 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7457 we take just a single condition string.
7459 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7460 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7461 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7462 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7463 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7466 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7467 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
7469 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7470 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7471 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7472 int enabled
, int internal
)
7476 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7478 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
7479 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
7481 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
7482 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
7483 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7484 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
);
7488 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7489 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7490 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7491 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7493 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7494 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7497 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
7498 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
7499 char ***addr_string
,
7502 char *addr_start
= *address
;
7504 *addr_string
= NULL
;
7505 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7507 if ((*address
) == NULL
7508 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
7510 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7512 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7514 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7515 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7516 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7517 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
7518 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
7519 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
7520 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
7521 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
7523 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7524 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7525 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7526 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7527 with the same symtab and line. */
7528 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7530 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
7534 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7538 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7539 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7540 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7541 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7543 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7544 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7546 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7548 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7550 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
7551 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
7552 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7553 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
7556 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
7557 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
7559 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7560 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
7561 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
7562 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
7566 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7568 /* Add the string if not present. */
7569 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
7570 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
,
7571 (*address
) - addr_start
);
7577 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7578 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7581 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7585 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7586 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
7589 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7590 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7591 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7592 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7593 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7597 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7598 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7601 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
7603 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7605 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7607 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
7609 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
7611 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
7614 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7615 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
7617 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7622 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
7624 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
7626 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
7627 args
->not_found_ptr
);
7630 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7631 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7632 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7633 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7634 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7635 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7637 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7638 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
7640 *cond_string
= NULL
;
7646 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7647 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7649 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7654 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7657 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7659 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7661 struct expression
*expr
;
7663 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7664 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
7667 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
7668 cond_end
- cond_start
);
7670 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7676 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7678 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7679 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
7680 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
7682 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
7688 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7690 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7691 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
7692 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
7695 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7699 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7701 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7702 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
7704 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
7705 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7706 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7708 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7709 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
7714 while (*p
== ' ' || *p
== '\t')
7718 while (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7721 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7722 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
7724 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
7725 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
7726 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
7728 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
7729 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
7731 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7733 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
7735 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
7737 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
7739 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
7740 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
7742 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
7745 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7751 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7752 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7753 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7754 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7755 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7756 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7757 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7758 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7759 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7763 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7764 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
7765 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
7766 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
7768 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
7769 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7770 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
)
7772 struct gdb_exception e
;
7773 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7774 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
7776 char *addr_start
= arg
;
7778 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7779 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
7780 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
7785 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
7791 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
7792 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
7793 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
7794 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
7796 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (arg
))
7800 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
7802 copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, arg
- addr_start
);
7803 addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
.nelts
, sizeof (char **));
7804 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7805 addr_string
[i
] = xstrdup (copy_arg
);
7809 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
7810 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
7812 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7816 throw_exception (e
);
7820 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
7822 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7825 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
7826 throw_exception (e
);
7828 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
7830 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7831 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7832 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7833 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
7834 "future shared library load? ")))
7837 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7838 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7839 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7840 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7841 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
7842 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
7844 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
7849 throw_exception (e
);
7858 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7859 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
7863 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
7864 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
7866 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
7867 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
7870 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7871 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7872 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7873 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7874 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
7876 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
7877 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
7878 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7880 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
7881 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
7884 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7885 are ok for the target. */
7887 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
);
7889 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7890 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
7891 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
7893 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7894 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7898 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
7900 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7901 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7902 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7903 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7906 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
7909 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7913 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7916 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
7917 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7921 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
7922 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
7923 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
7924 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
7925 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
7926 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
7927 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
7928 && is_marker_spec (addr_string
[0]))
7932 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7934 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
7935 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
7936 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7939 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7940 expanded
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[i
];
7941 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expanded
.sals
);
7943 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
7944 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
7945 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
7946 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7947 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
);
7949 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7951 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
7953 tp
= get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number
);
7955 tp
= get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count
);
7956 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
7958 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
7959 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
7960 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
7961 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
7962 try to match up which of the newly found markers
7963 corresponds to this one */
7964 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
7968 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
,
7970 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
7971 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
7976 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7978 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
7980 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
7981 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7983 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
7984 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
7985 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7986 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7987 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
7989 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7990 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
7991 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7993 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7994 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7995 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7996 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7999 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8000 but do notify observers. */
8001 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
8008 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8009 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8010 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
8013 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8015 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
8016 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8017 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8019 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8020 update_global_location_list (1);
8025 /* Set a breakpoint.
8026 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8027 condition, and thread.
8028 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8029 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8033 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
8035 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
8036 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8037 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8040 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8042 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8043 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
8044 0 /* Ignore count */,
8045 pending_break_support
,
8046 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
8053 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8056 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8060 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8062 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
8063 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8064 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8067 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8068 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8069 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
8070 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
8073 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8075 struct blockvector
*bv
;
8079 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
8082 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
8085 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
8086 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
8090 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8091 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8092 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8093 happen in assembly source). */
8095 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
8096 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8098 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
8100 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
8102 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
8104 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8111 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8113 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8117 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8119 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
8123 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8125 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
8129 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8131 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
8135 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8137 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8138 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8139 stop at <line>\n"));
8143 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8147 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
8149 else if (*arg
!= '*')
8154 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8155 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8156 function/method name. */
8157 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8159 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8164 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8166 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
8170 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8172 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8176 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8180 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
8187 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8188 it is probably a line number. */
8189 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8191 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8196 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
8198 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
8202 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8204 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8207 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8208 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8209 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8212 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
8220 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8221 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
8224 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
8234 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
8235 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
8236 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
8237 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
8238 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
8240 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
8256 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
8268 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
8271 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
8272 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
8275 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8276 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8277 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8278 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8280 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8281 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8286 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8288 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8289 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8290 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8291 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8293 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8294 are always constant. */
8296 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
8298 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
8299 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
8300 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
8305 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8306 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8307 then it is not a constant. */
8316 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8319 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8321 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8323 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8324 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8327 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8330 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8332 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8334 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8335 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8338 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8339 hardware watchpoints. */
8342 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8344 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8346 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
8349 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8351 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
8355 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
8356 resources_needed_watchpoint
,
8357 NULL
, /* print_it */
8358 NULL
, /* print_one */
8359 NULL
, /* print_mention */
8360 NULL
/* print_recreate */
8363 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
8364 hw_read: watch read,
8365 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
8367 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
8368 int just_location
, int internal
)
8370 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
8371 struct expression
*exp
;
8372 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
8373 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
8374 struct frame_info
*frame
;
8375 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
8376 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
8377 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
8379 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
8380 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
8381 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
8382 enum bptype bp_type
;
8387 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
8388 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
8390 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
8392 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
8393 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
8395 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last
8396 parameter. If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>'
8397 parameter, this should be the thread identifier. */
8398 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
8400 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
8403 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
8404 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
8406 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more
8407 parameter. If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>'
8408 parameter, we should reach a "thread" token. */
8409 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
8414 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
8417 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
8418 calculate the length of the token. */
8420 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
8422 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
8424 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
8425 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
8426 only in a specific thread. */
8429 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
8430 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
8432 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
8434 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
8435 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
8437 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
8438 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
8439 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
8441 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
8442 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
8443 evaluate_expression() function. */
8448 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
8449 innermost_block
= NULL
;
8451 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
8453 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
8454 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
8456 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
8459 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
8460 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
8464 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
8465 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
8467 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
8470 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
8471 mark
= value_mark ();
8472 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
8476 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
8477 val
= value_addr (result
);
8478 release_value (val
);
8479 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
8481 else if (val
!= NULL
)
8482 release_value (val
);
8485 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
8489 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
8492 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
8493 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
8495 struct expression
*cond
;
8497 innermost_block
= NULL
;
8498 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
8499 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
8501 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
8502 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
8503 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
8509 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
8511 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
8512 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
8513 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
8514 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
8516 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
8518 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
, target_exact_watchpoints
);
8519 if (reg_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
8520 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
8523 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
8524 target_resources_ok
=
8525 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ reg_cnt
,
8527 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
8528 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
8530 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
8531 error (_("Target can only support one kind "
8532 "of HW watchpoint at a time."));
8535 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a
8536 hardware watchpoint could not be set. */
8537 if (!reg_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
8538 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
8540 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
8542 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
8543 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
8544 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
8545 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
8546 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
8548 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
8551 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
8552 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
8553 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
8555 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8557 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
8558 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
8560 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
8561 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
8563 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
8564 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
8565 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
8566 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
8567 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
8568 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
8569 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
8570 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
8571 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
8575 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8576 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
8577 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8579 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8581 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
8582 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
8585 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
8586 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
8589 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
8590 name
= type_to_string (t
);
8592 b
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
8593 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
8596 b
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location: %.*s",
8597 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
8599 /* The above expression is in C. */
8600 b
->language
= language_c
;
8603 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
8606 b
->ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8608 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
8609 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
8610 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
8613 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
8619 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
8620 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
8624 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
8625 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
8628 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
8630 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
8631 need to act on them together. */
8632 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
8633 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
8637 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
8639 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
8640 that should be inserted. */
8641 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
8643 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
8644 notify observers. */
8645 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
8648 update_global_location_list (1);
8651 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
8652 If EXACT_WATCHPOINTS is 1, then consider that only the address of
8653 the start of the watched region will be monitored (i.e., all accesses
8654 will be aligned). This uses less debug registers on some targets.
8656 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
8659 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
, int exact_watchpoints
)
8661 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
8662 struct value
*head
= v
;
8664 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
8665 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
8668 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
8669 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
8670 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
8671 hardware watchpoint.
8673 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
8674 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
8675 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
8676 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
8677 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
8678 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
8679 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
8680 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
8681 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
8683 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
8684 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
8685 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
8686 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
8687 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
8689 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
8691 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
8692 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
8693 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
8694 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
8695 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
8696 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
8700 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
8701 it with hardware watchpoints. */
8702 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
8704 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
8705 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
8706 middle of some value chain. */
8708 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
8709 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
8711 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
8715 len
= (exact_watchpoints
8716 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
8717 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
8719 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
8723 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
8727 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
8728 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
8729 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
8730 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
8731 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
8734 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
8735 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
8736 return found_memory_cnt
;
8740 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
8742 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
8745 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
8746 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
8747 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
8748 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
8751 check_for_argument (char **str
, char *arg
, int arg_len
)
8753 if (strncmp (*str
, arg
, arg_len
) == 0
8754 && ((*str
)[arg_len
] == '\0' || isspace ((*str
)[arg_len
])))
8762 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
8763 calls watch_command_1. */
8766 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
8768 int just_location
= 0;
8771 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
8772 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
8774 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8778 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
8782 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8784 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
8788 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
8790 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
8794 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8796 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
8800 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
8802 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
8806 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8808 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
8812 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
8813 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
8815 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
8817 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
8818 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
8822 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
8823 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
8824 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
8827 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
8829 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
8831 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
8833 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
8834 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
8838 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
8840 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8841 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8842 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
8843 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
8844 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
8845 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8847 struct thread_info
*tp
;
8849 clear_proceed_status ();
8851 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
8854 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
8855 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
8856 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
8858 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
8859 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
8861 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
8862 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
8865 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
8868 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8870 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
8873 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
8874 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
8875 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
8876 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
8878 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
8879 only at the very same frame. */
8880 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
8881 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
8884 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
8886 tp
= inferior_thread ();
8889 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
8892 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
8894 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
8895 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
8896 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
8898 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
8900 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
8902 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
));
8903 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
8906 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
8908 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
8909 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
8910 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
8911 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
8913 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
8915 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
8916 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
8918 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
8919 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
8920 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
8922 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
8923 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
8924 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
8928 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8932 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
8934 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
8936 while (isspace (**s
))
8940 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
8941 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
8943 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
8944 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
8945 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
8946 if clause in the arg string. */
8949 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
8953 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
8956 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
8959 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
8960 condition string. */
8961 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
8964 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
8966 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
8971 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
8972 process start/exit, etc. */
8976 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
8977 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
8982 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8983 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8985 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8986 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
8987 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
8990 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
8991 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
8992 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
8996 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8998 /* The allowed syntax is:
9000 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9002 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9003 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9005 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9006 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9008 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9009 and enable reporting of such events. */
9012 case catch_fork_temporary
:
9013 case catch_fork_permanent
:
9014 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9015 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
9017 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
9018 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
9019 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9020 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
9023 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9029 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9030 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9032 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9034 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9036 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9040 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
9042 /* The allowed syntax is:
9044 catch exec if <cond>
9046 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9047 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9049 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9050 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9052 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
9053 and enable reporting of such events. */
9054 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9055 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
9058 static enum print_stop_action
9059 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9061 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
9063 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
9065 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9066 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
9067 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
9070 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9072 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
9074 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9075 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9077 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
9078 : " (exception caught), ");
9079 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9081 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9082 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9083 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9084 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9086 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9090 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9091 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9093 struct value_print_options opts
;
9095 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9096 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9099 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9100 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9102 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
9103 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
9108 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
9109 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
9111 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
9115 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9120 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9121 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9122 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9123 : _("Catchpoint "));
9124 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9125 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
9129 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9130 catch catchpoints. */
9133 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9139 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9140 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9141 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9142 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
9145 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
9148 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
9149 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
9150 print_exception_catchpoint
,
9151 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
9152 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
,
9153 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9157 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
9158 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
9160 char *trigger_func_name
;
9162 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9163 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
9165 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
9167 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9168 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
9169 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9170 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
9172 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
9173 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
9180 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9183 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
9184 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
9186 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9190 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
9192 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9194 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9195 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9197 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
9198 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9199 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9201 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
9204 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9207 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9210 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9212 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9214 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9217 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9220 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9222 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9224 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9227 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
9230 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9231 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9235 struct expression
*cond
,
9236 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9240 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9244 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9246 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9248 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9249 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
9250 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9251 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9252 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9253 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9254 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9255 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9256 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9257 enough for now, though. */
9260 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
9261 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9263 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9264 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9265 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9266 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
9267 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
9268 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9269 b
->language
= language_ada
;
9270 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9271 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
9276 update_global_location_list (1);
9279 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
9282 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9283 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9285 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9287 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9288 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
9289 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
9290 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9291 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
9292 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
9294 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9298 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
9299 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
9300 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
9301 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
9305 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
9307 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
9309 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
9310 VEC_free (int, iter
);
9313 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9314 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9316 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
9318 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
9319 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
9321 while (*arg
!= '\0')
9323 int i
, syscall_number
;
9328 /* Skip whitespace. */
9329 while (isspace (*arg
))
9332 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
9333 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
9337 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
9338 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
9339 if (*endptr
== '\0')
9340 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
9343 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
9345 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
9347 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
9348 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
9349 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
9350 syscall number to be caught. */
9351 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
9354 /* Ok, it's valid. */
9355 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
9358 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
9362 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
9365 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9366 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9371 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9373 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
9374 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
9375 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
9376 this architeture yet."));
9378 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9380 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
9382 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
9383 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
9384 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
9385 for his/her architecture. */
9386 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
9388 /* The allowed syntax is:
9390 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
9392 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
9395 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
9399 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
9400 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
9403 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
9406 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9407 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9409 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9411 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9412 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
9413 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
9415 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9419 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
9420 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
9421 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9425 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9427 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9432 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9434 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9437 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
9440 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9442 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9443 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
9446 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9447 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9452 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
9457 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9458 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9459 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
9460 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9461 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
9462 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
9463 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
9464 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
9465 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
9466 error (_("No source file specified."));
9474 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
9475 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
9476 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
9477 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
9479 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
9480 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
9481 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
9482 due to optimization, all in one block.
9484 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
9485 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
9486 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
9487 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
9488 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
9491 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
9492 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
9493 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
9497 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9499 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
9500 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
9501 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
9504 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
9509 1 0 <can't happen> */
9513 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
9517 /* Are we going to delete b? */
9518 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
9520 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
9521 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9523 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
9524 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
9525 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
9526 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
9527 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
9528 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
9529 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
9530 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
9531 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
9532 && strcmp (b
->source_file
,
9533 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
9534 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
9535 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
9544 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
9547 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
9548 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
9551 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
9553 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
9556 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
9557 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
9560 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
9561 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
9563 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
9565 breakpoints_changed ();
9567 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
9570 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
9571 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9574 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
9577 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
9578 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
9579 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
9582 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
9584 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
9586 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
9587 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
9588 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
9590 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
9592 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
9594 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
9595 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9599 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
9600 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
9601 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
9602 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
9603 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
9604 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
9607 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
9609 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
9610 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
9611 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
9612 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
9613 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
9615 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
9616 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
9618 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
9619 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
9620 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
9622 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
9623 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
9625 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
9626 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
9627 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
9629 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
9632 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
9633 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
9634 content of the bp_location array. */
9637 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
9639 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
9641 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
9642 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
9644 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
9646 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
9648 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
9651 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
9652 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
9654 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
9655 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
9656 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
9657 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
9659 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
9661 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
9662 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
9663 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
9664 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
9668 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
9669 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
9670 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
9671 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
9672 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
9673 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
9674 returns true on them.
9676 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
9677 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
9678 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
9679 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
9680 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
9681 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
9684 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
9686 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9687 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
9688 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
9690 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
9691 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
9692 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
9693 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
9694 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
9696 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
9697 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
9698 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
9699 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
9701 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
9702 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
9703 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
9704 unsigned old_location_count
;
9706 old_location
= bp_location
;
9707 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
9709 bp_location_count
= 0;
9710 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
9713 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9714 bp_location_count
++;
9716 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
9719 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9721 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
9722 bp_location_compare
);
9724 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
9726 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
9727 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
9728 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
9729 if there's another location at the same address (previously
9730 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
9733 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
9734 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
9737 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
9740 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
9741 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
9743 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
9744 not, we have to free it. */
9745 int found_object
= 0;
9746 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
9747 int keep_in_target
= 0;
9750 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
9751 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
9752 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
9753 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
9757 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
9758 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
9761 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
9768 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
9769 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
9770 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
9771 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
9772 at certain location is not inserted. */
9774 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
9776 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
9779 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
9781 /* The location is still present in the location list,
9782 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
9787 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
9788 disabled. See if there's another location at the
9789 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
9790 this one from the target. */
9792 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
9793 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
9796 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
9797 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
9800 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
9802 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
9804 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
9805 Duplicates check below will fix up this
9807 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
9809 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
9810 access watchpoints, if the former are not
9811 supported, but the latter are. */
9812 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
9814 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
9815 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
9818 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
9821 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
9830 if (!keep_in_target
)
9832 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
9834 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
9835 this location on the global list, and try to
9836 remove it next time, but there's no particular
9837 reason why we will succeed next time.
9839 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
9840 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
9841 only after calling us. */
9842 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
9844 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
9852 if (removed
&& non_stop
9853 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
9854 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
9856 /* This location was removed from the target. In
9857 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
9858 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
9859 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
9860 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
9861 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
9862 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
9863 after we see some number of events. The theory here
9864 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
9865 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
9866 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
9867 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
9868 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
9869 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
9872 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
9873 decr_pc_after_break targets.
9875 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
9876 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
9877 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
9878 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
9879 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
9880 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
9881 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
9882 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
9883 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
9884 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
9885 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
9886 targets that do not support new thread events, like
9887 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
9890 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
9891 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
9892 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
9893 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
9895 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
9896 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
9897 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
9898 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
9899 traps we can no longer explain. */
9901 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
9902 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
9904 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
9908 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
9909 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
9914 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
9915 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
9916 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
9917 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
9918 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
9919 are sorted first for the same address.
9921 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
9922 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
9924 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
9925 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
9926 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
9927 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
9928 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
9930 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
9932 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
9933 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
9935 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
9936 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
9937 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
9939 || loc
->shlib_disabled
9940 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
9941 || is_tracepoint (b
))
9944 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
9945 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
9946 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9947 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
9948 "actually inserted"));
9950 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
9951 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
9952 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
9953 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
9954 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9955 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
9957 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
9959 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
9960 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
9961 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
9970 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
9971 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9972 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9973 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
9974 "a permanent breakpoint"));
9977 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
9978 && (have_live_inferiors ()
9979 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
9980 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
9982 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9986 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
9988 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9991 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
9992 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
9994 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
9995 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
10001 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
10003 struct gdb_exception e
;
10005 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10006 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
10009 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10012 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10016 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10017 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
10019 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
10020 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
10021 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10025 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10027 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
10029 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
10031 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
10035 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10039 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10041 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10043 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
10045 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10046 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10049 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10050 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10051 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10052 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10053 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10056 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10057 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10058 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10059 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10061 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
10064 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10065 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10066 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10068 gdb_assert (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== bpt
);
10069 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
10070 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10071 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10074 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
10076 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
10077 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
10079 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10080 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
10082 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
10086 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt
->commands
);
10087 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
10088 xfree (bpt
->cond_exp
);
10089 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
10091 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
10092 xfree (bpt
->exp_string_reparse
);
10093 value_free (bpt
->val
);
10094 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
10095 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
10096 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
10099 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10101 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10102 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10103 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10104 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10105 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10106 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10107 commands won't work. */
10109 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
10111 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10112 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10113 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10114 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10115 might be better design to have location completely
10116 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10117 update_global_location_list (0);
10120 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10121 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10122 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
10128 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
10130 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10134 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10136 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
10139 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10140 delete_breakpoint. */
10143 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
10145 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10149 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10151 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10157 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
10159 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
10160 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these have
10161 to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10162 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10164 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
10165 && b
->type
!= bp_std_terminate
10166 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
10167 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
10168 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
10169 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
10170 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
10171 && b
->type
!= bp_std_terminate_master
10172 && b
->type
!= bp_exception_master
10175 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
10180 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10182 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
10184 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10186 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
10187 && b
->type
!= bp_std_terminate
10188 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
10189 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
10190 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
10191 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
10192 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
10193 && b
->type
!= bp_std_terminate_master
10194 && b
->type
!= bp_exception_master
10196 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10201 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10205 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
10207 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10208 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
10213 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
10214 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
10215 Null names are ignored. */
10218 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
10220 struct bp_location
*l
;
10221 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
10222 (int (*) (const void *,
10223 const void *)) streq
,
10224 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
10226 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
10229 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
10231 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
10235 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
10237 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
10241 htab_delete (htab
);
10247 htab_delete (htab
);
10251 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
10252 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
10253 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
10254 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
10255 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
10256 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
10257 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
10258 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
10261 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
10262 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
10263 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
10264 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
10265 in the sources, and output a warning.
10267 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
10268 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
10269 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
10270 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
10271 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
10274 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
10275 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
10276 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
10277 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
10278 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
10279 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
10280 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
10281 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
10282 precisely because it confuses tools). */
10284 static struct symtab_and_line
10285 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10287 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
10293 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
10295 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
10297 if (strcmp (b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
10298 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
10300 b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
10302 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
10303 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
10304 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
10309 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
10311 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
10313 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
10314 && b
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
10316 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
10319 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
10321 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
10323 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10324 struct symbol
*sym
;
10325 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
10327 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
10329 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
10330 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
->str_id
);
10332 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
10333 "found at previous line number"),
10334 b
->number
, b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
10338 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
10340 sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
10341 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (marker
->address
, NULL
);
10342 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
10345 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
10346 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
10347 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
10349 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal
.symtab
->filename
);
10350 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
10352 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10354 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
10357 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
10360 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal
.line
);
10361 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10363 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
10365 xfree (b
->source_file
);
10367 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
10369 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
10371 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
10372 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
10373 sal
.symtab
->filename
, b
->line_number
);
10375 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
10378 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
10385 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10386 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
10390 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
10392 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
10393 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
10394 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
10395 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
10396 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
10397 individual locations. */
10398 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
10403 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
10405 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
10406 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
10408 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
10410 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
10412 struct gdb_exception e
;
10414 s
= b
->cond_string
;
10415 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10417 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
10422 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
10423 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
10424 b
->number
, e
.message
);
10425 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
10429 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
10430 xfree (b
->source_file
);
10431 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
10432 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
10434 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
10436 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
10437 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
10440 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
10441 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
10442 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
10444 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
10447 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
10448 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
10449 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
10450 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
10451 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
10452 often enough until a better solution is found. */
10453 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
10455 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
10457 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
10459 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
10460 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
10462 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
10463 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
10464 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
10472 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
10473 if (l
->function_name
10474 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
10484 update_global_location_list (1);
10487 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
10488 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
10489 Unused in this case. */
10492 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
10494 /* Get past catch_errs. */
10495 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
10497 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
10498 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
10499 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
10501 struct gdb_exception e
;
10502 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10503 int marker_spec
= 0;
10508 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
10511 case bp_breakpoint
:
10512 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
10513 case bp_tracepoint
:
10514 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
10515 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
10516 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
10517 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
10520 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
10522 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10523 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10527 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
10528 s
= b
->addr_string
;
10530 save_current_space_and_thread ();
10531 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
10533 marker_spec
= b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (s
);
10535 set_language (b
->language
);
10536 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10540 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
10541 if (sals
.nelts
> b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
10543 sals
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
10547 error (_("marker %s not found"), b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
10550 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
10551 (char ***) NULL
, not_found_ptr
);
10555 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
10556 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
10557 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
10558 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
10559 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
10560 state, then user already saw the message about that
10561 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
10564 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
10565 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
10566 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
10567 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
10569 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
10571 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
10572 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
10573 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
10574 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
10575 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
10576 which approach is better. */
10577 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
10578 throw_exception (e
);
10584 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
10586 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
10587 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
10589 char *cond_string
= 0;
10593 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
10594 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
10596 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
10597 b
->thread
= thread
;
10599 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
10602 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !marker_spec
)
10603 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
10605 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
10608 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
10609 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
10612 case bp_watchpoint
:
10613 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10614 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10615 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10616 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10617 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10619 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
10620 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
10621 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
10622 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
10624 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
10625 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
10626 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
10627 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
10628 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
10629 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
10632 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10633 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
10634 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
10635 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10637 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10638 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10640 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
10641 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
10642 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
10644 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
10645 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
10647 case bp_catchpoint
:
10651 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
10653 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
10654 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
10655 case bp_overlay_event
:
10656 case bp_longjmp_master
:
10657 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
10658 case bp_exception_master
:
10659 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10662 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
10663 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
10664 case bp_shlib_event
:
10666 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
10667 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
10668 case bp_thread_event
:
10670 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
10671 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
10672 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
10673 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
10674 rerun the executable. */
10677 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
10678 case bp_call_dummy
:
10679 case bp_std_terminate
:
10680 case bp_step_resume
:
10682 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
10684 case bp_exception_resume
:
10689 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10693 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
10695 breakpoint_re_set (void)
10697 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10698 enum language save_language
;
10699 int save_input_radix
;
10700 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10702 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
10703 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
10704 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
10706 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10708 /* Format possible error msg. */
10709 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
10711 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
10712 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
10713 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10715 set_language (save_language
);
10716 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
10718 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
10720 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10722 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
10723 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
10724 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
10725 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
10726 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
10727 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()");
10728 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
10731 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
10733 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
10734 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
10736 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10738 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
10740 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
10741 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
10743 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
10744 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
10745 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
10747 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10751 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
10752 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
10753 which ends with a period (no newline). */
10756 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
10758 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10763 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10764 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
10766 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
10768 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
10769 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
10774 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
10778 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
10779 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
10781 else if (count
== 1)
10782 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
10785 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
10786 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
10789 breakpoints_changed ();
10790 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
10794 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
10797 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
10800 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10806 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
10808 num
= get_number (&p
);
10810 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
10812 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
10814 set_ignore_count (num
,
10815 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
10818 printf_filtered ("\n");
10821 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
10822 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
10825 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
10832 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
10836 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
10843 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
10846 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
10850 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
10851 if (b
->number
== num
)
10853 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
10855 function (b
, data
);
10856 if (related_breakpoint
)
10857 function (related_breakpoint
, data
);
10861 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
10867 static struct bp_location
*
10868 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
10870 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
10874 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10875 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10880 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
10882 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
10884 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10885 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
10890 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
10891 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
10894 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
10896 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
10900 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
10903 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
10909 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
10910 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
10911 which ends with a period (no newline). */
10914 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10916 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
10917 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
10918 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
10919 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10922 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
10923 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
10926 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
10928 update_global_location_list (0);
10930 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
10933 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10934 disable_breakpoint. */
10937 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
10939 disable_breakpoint (b
);
10943 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10945 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
10948 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
10952 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
10955 case bp_breakpoint
:
10956 case bp_tracepoint
:
10957 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
10958 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
10959 case bp_catchpoint
:
10960 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
10961 case bp_watchpoint
:
10962 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10963 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10964 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10965 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
10969 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
10971 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
10974 update_global_location_list (0);
10977 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10981 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
10983 int target_resources_ok
;
10985 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
10988 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10989 target_resources_ok
=
10990 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10992 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
10993 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
10994 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
10995 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10998 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
11000 struct gdb_exception e
;
11002 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11004 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
11008 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11014 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
11015 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11016 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
11017 update_global_location_list (1);
11018 breakpoints_changed ();
11020 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
11025 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11027 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
11030 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11031 enable_breakpoint. */
11034 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11036 enable_breakpoint (b
);
11039 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11040 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11041 in stopping the inferior. */
11044 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11046 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
11049 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
11053 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11056 case bp_breakpoint
:
11057 case bp_tracepoint
:
11058 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
11059 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
11060 case bp_catchpoint
:
11061 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
11062 case bp_watchpoint
:
11063 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11064 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11065 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11066 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11070 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
11072 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
11075 update_global_location_list (1);
11078 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11082 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
11084 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
11088 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11090 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11094 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
11096 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
11100 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11102 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11106 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11111 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11115 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
11116 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
11120 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
11121 const bfd_byte
*data
)
11123 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
11125 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
11126 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
11127 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
11128 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
11130 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11132 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11133 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
11134 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
11135 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
11137 value_free (bp
->val
);
11144 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
11146 struct symtabs_and_lines
11147 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
11149 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11152 error (_("Empty line specification."));
11153 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
11154 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
11155 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
11156 default_breakpoint_line
,
11157 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
11159 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
11160 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
11162 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
11166 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
11167 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
11168 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
11169 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
11173 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11174 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
11176 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
11178 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
11180 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
11181 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
11183 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
11185 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
11193 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
11194 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
11197 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
11199 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
11202 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
11208 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
11211 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
11212 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
11214 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
11217 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11218 struct address_space
*aspace
,
11223 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
11225 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
11226 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
11230 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
11231 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
11232 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
11235 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
11236 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
11237 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
11238 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
11239 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
11240 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
11242 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
11243 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
11244 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
11245 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
11248 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
11249 were inserted or not. */
11252 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
11254 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
11255 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
11258 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
11261 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
11263 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
11265 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
11267 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
11268 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
11269 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
11270 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
11272 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
11274 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
11275 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
11276 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
11277 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
11281 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
11282 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
11283 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
11287 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
11291 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
11292 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
11294 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
11295 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
11296 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
11300 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
11304 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
11308 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
11309 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
11310 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
11311 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
11314 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
11318 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
11323 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
11325 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
11327 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
11328 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
11336 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
11337 non-zero otherwise. */
11339 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
11341 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
11342 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
11343 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
11350 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
11352 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
11354 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
11358 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
11360 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
11362 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
11363 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
11365 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
11369 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
11371 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
11381 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
11383 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
11384 char *text
, char *word
)
11386 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
11388 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
11391 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
11393 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
11395 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
11397 tracepoint_count
= num
;
11398 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
11402 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11404 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11406 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
11408 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
11409 0 /* Ignore count */,
11410 pending_break_support
,
11415 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
11419 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11421 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11423 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
11425 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
11426 0 /* Ignore count */,
11427 pending_break_support
,
11432 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
11435 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
11438 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11440 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11442 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
11444 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
11445 0 /* Ignore count */,
11446 pending_break_support
,
11451 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
11454 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
11455 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
11457 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
11458 static int next_cmd
;
11461 read_uploaded_action (void)
11465 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
11472 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
11473 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
11474 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
11475 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
11476 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
11478 struct breakpoint
*
11479 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
11481 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
11482 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
11484 if (utp
->at_string
)
11485 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
11488 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
11489 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
11490 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
11492 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
11493 "source location, using raw address"),
11495 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
11496 addr_str
= small_buf
;
11499 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
11500 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
11501 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
11502 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
11505 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11507 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
11509 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
11510 0 /* Ignore count */,
11511 pending_break_support
,
11514 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
11518 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
11520 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
11521 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
11522 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
11526 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
11528 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
11531 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
11532 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
11533 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
11535 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
11537 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
11542 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
11544 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, cmd_list
);
11546 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
11547 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
11548 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
11549 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
11555 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
11559 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
11561 int tpnum
= -1, num_printed
;
11564 tpnum
= parse_and_eval_long (tpnum_exp
);
11566 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (tpnum
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
11568 if (num_printed
== 0)
11571 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
11573 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
11576 default_collect_info ();
11579 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
11580 Not supported by all targets. */
11582 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11584 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
11587 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
11588 Not supported by all targets. */
11590 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11592 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
11595 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
11597 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11599 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11605 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
11607 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
11608 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
11609 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
11611 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11613 if (b
->number
>= 0)
11615 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
11620 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11622 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
11624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11626 if (is_tracepoint (b
)
11628 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11633 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11636 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
11638 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
11639 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
11640 Also accepts special argument "all". */
11643 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11645 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
11646 unsigned int count
;
11649 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
11650 error (_("passcount command requires an "
11651 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
11653 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
11655 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
11658 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
11660 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
11663 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11666 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
11672 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
11673 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
11675 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
11676 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
11678 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's "
11679 "passcount to %d\n"),
11680 t2
->number
, count
);
11682 if (! all
&& *args
)
11683 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
11689 struct breakpoint
*
11690 get_tracepoint (int num
)
11692 struct breakpoint
*t
;
11694 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
11695 if (t
->number
== num
)
11701 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
11702 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
11705 struct breakpoint
*
11706 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
11708 struct breakpoint
*t
;
11710 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
11711 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
11717 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
11718 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
11719 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
11720 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
11721 struct breakpoint
*
11722 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
11724 extern int tracepoint_count
;
11725 struct breakpoint
*t
;
11727 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
11729 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
11732 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
11734 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
11737 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
11741 if (instring
&& *instring
)
11742 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
11745 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
11746 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
11750 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
11751 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
11756 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
11757 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
11758 allow us to discover this. */
11759 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
11763 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
11764 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
11765 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
11769 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
11770 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
11772 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
11775 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
11776 struct ui_file
*fp
;
11777 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
11779 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
11780 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
11782 /* See if we have anything to save. */
11783 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
11785 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
11786 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
11789 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
11790 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
11795 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
11797 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
11799 /* We can stop searching. */
11806 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
11810 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
11811 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
11812 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
11814 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
11815 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
11816 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
11818 if (extra_trace_bits
)
11819 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
11821 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
11823 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
11824 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
11827 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
11828 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
11831 if (tp
->ops
!= NULL
)
11832 (tp
->ops
->print_recreate
) (tp
, fp
);
11835 if (tp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
11836 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
11837 if (tp
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
11838 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
11839 else if (tp
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
11840 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
11841 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
11842 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
11843 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
11844 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
11845 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
11846 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
11847 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
11848 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
11849 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
11850 else if (tp
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
11851 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11852 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11853 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11854 else if (tp
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11855 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11856 else if (tp
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11857 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11859 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11860 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
11862 if (tp
->exp_string
)
11863 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->exp_string
);
11864 else if (tp
->addr_string
)
11865 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
11870 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
11871 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " *0x%s", tmp
);
11875 if (tp
->thread
!= -1)
11876 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", tp
->thread
);
11879 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", tp
->task
);
11881 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
11883 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
11884 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
11887 if (tp
->cond_string
)
11888 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
11890 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
11891 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
11893 if (tp
->pass_count
)
11894 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
11898 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
11900 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
11902 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, fp
);
11903 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11905 print_command_lines (uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
11907 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, NULL
);
11910 throw_exception (ex
);
11912 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
11915 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
11916 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
11918 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
11919 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
11920 special, and not user visible. */
11921 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
11923 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11926 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
11928 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
11932 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
11933 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
11935 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
11937 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
11940 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
11943 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11945 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
11948 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
11951 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11953 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
11956 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
11958 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
11961 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
11962 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
11964 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
11966 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
11973 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
11974 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
11975 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
11977 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
11978 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
11979 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
11980 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
11981 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
11982 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
11983 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
11984 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
11986 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
11987 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
11989 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
11990 conditions are different.\n\
11992 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
11994 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
11995 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
11997 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
11998 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
12000 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12001 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12003 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
12004 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
12005 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
12006 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12007 char *text
, char *word
),
12008 void *user_data_catch
,
12009 void *user_data_tcatch
)
12011 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
12013 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12015 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12016 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
12017 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12019 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12021 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12022 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
12023 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12027 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
12029 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
12030 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
12031 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
12035 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12037 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
12038 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
12039 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
12042 struct breakpoint
*
12043 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
12046 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12050 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
12058 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
12060 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
12062 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
12063 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
12064 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
12066 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
12067 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
12068 before a breakpoint is set. */
12069 breakpoint_count
= 0;
12071 tracepoint_count
= 0;
12073 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
12074 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
12075 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
12077 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12079 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
12080 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
12081 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
12082 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
12083 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
12084 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
12085 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
12086 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
12088 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
12089 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
12090 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
12091 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
12093 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
12094 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
12095 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12096 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
12097 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
12099 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
12100 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12102 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
12103 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12104 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
12105 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
12107 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
12108 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12110 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
12111 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12112 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12113 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
12115 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
12116 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12118 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
12119 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12120 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12121 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12122 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12123 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
12124 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
12126 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
12127 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12128 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12129 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12130 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12131 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
12133 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12135 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
12136 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12137 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12138 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12139 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
12140 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
12142 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
12143 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12144 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12147 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
12148 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12149 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12152 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
12153 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12154 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12157 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
12158 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12159 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12162 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
12163 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12164 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12165 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12166 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
12167 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
12168 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12169 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12171 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
12172 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12173 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12174 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12175 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
12177 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
12178 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12179 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12180 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12181 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
12182 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
12185 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
12186 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
12187 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12188 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12190 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
12191 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
12192 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
12193 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12194 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12196 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
12197 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
12198 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12199 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
12201 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
12202 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
12203 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12204 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12205 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
12208 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
12209 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
12210 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12211 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
12212 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
12213 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
12215 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
12216 is executing in.\n\
12218 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
12219 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12221 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
12222 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
12223 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
12224 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12226 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
12227 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
12228 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
12229 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
12232 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12236 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
12237 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
12238 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
12239 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
12240 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
12241 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
12242 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
12243 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
12244 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
12245 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
12246 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
12247 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
12248 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
12249 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
12250 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
12251 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
12253 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
12254 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
12255 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
12256 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
12257 breakpoint set."));
12260 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
12261 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
12262 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
12263 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
12264 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
12265 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
12266 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
12267 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
12268 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
12270 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
12271 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
12272 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
12273 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
12274 breakpoint set."));
12276 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
12279 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
12280 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
12281 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
12282 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
12283 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
12284 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
12285 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
12286 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
12287 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
12289 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
12290 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
12291 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
12292 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
12293 breakpoint set."));
12295 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
12296 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
12297 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
12298 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
12299 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
12300 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
12301 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
12302 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
12303 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
12304 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
12305 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
12306 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
12307 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
12309 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
12310 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
12311 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
12312 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
12314 &maintenanceinfolist
);
12316 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
12317 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
12318 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
12319 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
12321 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
12322 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
12323 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
12324 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
12326 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
12327 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
12328 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
12329 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
12330 catch_catch_command
,
12334 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
12335 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
12336 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
12337 catch_throw_command
,
12341 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
12342 catch_fork_command_1
,
12344 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
12345 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
12346 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
12347 catch_fork_command_1
,
12349 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
12350 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
12351 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
12352 catch_exec_command_1
,
12356 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
12357 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
12358 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
12359 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
12360 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
12361 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
12362 catch_syscall_command_1
,
12363 catch_syscall_completer
,
12366 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
12367 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
12368 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
12369 catch_ada_exception_command
,
12373 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
12374 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
12375 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
12376 catch_assert_command
,
12381 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
12382 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
12383 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
12384 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
12385 an expression changes.\n\
12386 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
12387 the memory to which it refers."));
12388 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
12390 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
12391 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
12392 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
12393 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
12394 an expression is read.\n\
12395 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
12396 the memory to which it refers."));
12397 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
12399 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
12400 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
12401 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
12402 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
12403 an expression is either read or written.\n\
12404 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
12405 the memory to which it refers."));
12406 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
12408 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
12409 Status of watchpoints, or watchpoint number NUMBER."));
12413 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
12414 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
12415 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
12416 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
12417 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
12418 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
12419 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
12420 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
12421 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
12424 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
12425 &setlist
, &showlist
);
12427 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
12429 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
12431 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
12432 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
12434 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
12435 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
12436 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12438 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
12439 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
12440 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
12441 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
12443 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
12444 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
12446 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
12447 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
12448 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12450 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
12451 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
12453 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
12454 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
12455 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
12456 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
12457 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
12458 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
12459 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
12460 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
12461 the selected stack frame.\n\
12462 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
12463 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
12464 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
12465 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
12467 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12469 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12470 conditions are different.\n\
12472 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
12473 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
12474 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12476 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
12477 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
12478 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
12479 last tracepoint set."));
12481 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
12483 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
12484 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
12485 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
12486 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
12489 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
12490 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
12491 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
12492 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
12494 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
12496 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
12497 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
12498 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
12499 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
12501 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
12503 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
12504 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
12505 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
12506 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
12507 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
12509 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
12510 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
12511 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
12512 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
12514 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
12515 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
12516 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
12517 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
12518 session to restore them."),
12520 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
12522 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
12523 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
12524 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
12526 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
12528 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
12529 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
12531 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
12532 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
12533 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
12534 pending breakpoint behavior"),
12535 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
12536 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
12537 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
12538 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
12539 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
12540 pending breakpoint behavior"),
12541 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
12542 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
12544 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
12545 &pending_break_support
, _("\
12546 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
12547 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
12548 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
12549 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
12550 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
12551 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
12553 show_pending_break_support
,
12554 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
12555 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
12557 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
12559 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
12560 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
12561 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
12562 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
12563 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
12564 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
12565 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
12567 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
12568 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
12569 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
12571 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
12572 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
12573 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
12574 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
12575 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
12576 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
12577 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
12578 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
12579 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
12580 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
12581 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
12582 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
12584 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
12585 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
12586 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
12588 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
12590 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);